blob: 5abc4e95b85c238f1e1c9d12491607bf5bc4ce73 [file] [log] [blame]
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jan 06
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
933
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000934ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000935
936*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
937hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
938using. For Perl script use: >
939 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
940 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
941For Visual Basic use: >
942 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
943 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
944
945
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000946BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000947
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200948The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000949for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
950are supported.
951
952Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
953in ones |.vimrc|: >
954 let baan_code_stds=1
955
956*baan-folding*
957
958Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
959mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
960source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
961
962To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
963 let baan_fold=1
964Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
965indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
966considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_block=1
968Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000969SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000970match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
971 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000972Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000973the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
974.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
975 set foldminlines=5
976 set foldnestmax=6
977
978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000979BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000981Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
983five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
984otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
985Basic.
986
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000987If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
988example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
989 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000991
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000992C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000993
994A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100995(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000996 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100997 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
998To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001000Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001002An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1003 :set filetype=cpp
1004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001005Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001006*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1007*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001008*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1009*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001010*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1011*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1012*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001013 ...except { and } in first column
1014 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1015 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1017 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001018*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001019*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1021*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001022*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001023 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001024*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1025*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1026*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1027*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1028*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001029
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001030When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1031become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1032 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001033"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1034 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001035
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1037when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1038to a larger number: >
1039 :let c_minlines = 100
1040This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1041displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1042disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1043
1044When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1045works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1046you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1047
1048To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1049Example: >
1050 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1051 :function MyCadd()
1052 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1053 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1054 : hi link cMyItem Title
1055 :endfun
1056
1057ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1058"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1059not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1060highlighting: >
1061 :hi link cConstant NONE
1062
1063If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1064highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1065
1066If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001067in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001069 syn sync fromstart
1070 set foldmethod=syntax
1071
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001072CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001073
1074C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1075the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1076
1077By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1078of C or C++: >
1079 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1080
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001082CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083
1084Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1085that are available. Additionally there is:
1086
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1088chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1089chill_minlines like c_minlines
1090
1091
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001092CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001093
1094ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1095If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1096 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1097This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1098"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1099file).
1100
1101You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1102 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1103Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1104 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1105This works immediately.
1106
1107
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001108CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1109
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001110 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1111
1112Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1113but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1114|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1115syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116>
1117 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001118 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1119 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001120 \ }
1121<
1122Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1125this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1126dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001127
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1129"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1130namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001131
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001132
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001133 *g:clojure_fold*
1134
1135Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1136list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1137the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1138
1139
1140 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1141
1142Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1143reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001144>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001145 #_(defn foo [x]
1146 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001148Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1149(e.g. `#_#_`).
1150
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001151
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001152COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001153
1154COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1155development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1156versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1157add this line to your .vimrc: >
1158 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1159To disable it again, use this: >
1160 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1161
1162
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001163COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001164
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001165The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001166comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1167
1168 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1169
1170The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1171
1172
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001173CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1174
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001175Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001176
1177Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001178cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001179cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001180cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1181cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001182
1183
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001184CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001185
1186This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1187used.
1188
1189Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1190symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1191between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001192"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1193>
1194 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196For using tcsh: >
1197
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001198 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199
1200Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1201tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001202will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1204variable.
1205
1206
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001207CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001208
1209Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001210hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001211or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001212normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213line to your .vimrc file: >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1216
1217Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1218
1219 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1220
1221To disable these again, use this: >
1222
1223 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1224 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1225<
1226
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001227CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001228
1229Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1230doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1231startup vimrc: >
1232 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1233
1234
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001235DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1236
1237Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1238used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1239a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1240from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1241
1242More information about the language and its development environment at the
1243official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1244
1245dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1246type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1247and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1248framework.
1249
1250Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1251
1252https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1253
1254
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001255DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001256
1257Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001258according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001259https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1260To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1261 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1262Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1263To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1264 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1265g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001266
1267
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001268DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001269
1270The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1271there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1272
1273 :let diff_translations = 0
1274
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001275Also see |diff-slow|.
1276
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001277DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001278
1279The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1280provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1281the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1282versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1283uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1284line to your startup file: >
1285 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1286
1287
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001288DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001289DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1290DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001291
1292There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1293are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1294automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1295defaults to XML.
1296You can set the type manually: >
1297 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1298or: >
1299 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1300You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1301Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1302 :set filetype=docbksgml
1303or: >
1304 :set filetype=docbkxml
1305
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001306You can specify the DocBook version: >
1307 :let docbk_ver = 3
1308When not set 4 is used.
1309
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001311DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001312
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001313Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1314supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1315NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1316and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317Select the version you want with the following line: >
1318
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001319 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001320
1321If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001322Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001323
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001324The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1325alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1326current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1327inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1328Stack Overflow -
1329
1330https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1331
1332To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
1333Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
1334dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
1335
1336 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1337
1338There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001339"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1340is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001341
1342 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1343
1344If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1345
1346
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001347DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1348
1349Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001350(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1351idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001352
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001353There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1354explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1355Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001356 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1357or >
1358 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1359
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001360It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1361the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1362adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001363 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1364
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001365There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1366and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001367
1368Variable Default Effect ~
1369g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1370g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1371 doxygen comments.
1372
1373doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1374 and html_my_rendering underline.
1375
1376doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1377 colour highlighting.
1378
1379doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001380 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001381
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001382There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001383configuration.
1384
1385Highlight Effect ~
1386doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1387 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1388doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1389 \endlink from a \link section.
1390
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001391
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001392DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001393
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001394The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001395case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1396
1397 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1398
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001399The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1401
1402 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1403
1404before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1405Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1406'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1407Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1408highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001409delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001410
1411 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1412
1413The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1414
1415
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001416EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001417
1418While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001419syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1420highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001421highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1422
1423 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1424
1425Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1426
1427Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1428
1429 :let eiffel_strict=1
1430 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1431
1432Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1433five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1434"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1435
1436Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1437guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1438lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1439
1440If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1441"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1442
1443 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1444
1445instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1446
1447Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1448experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1449
1450 :let eiffel_ise=1
1451
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001452Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001453
1454 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1455
1456to your startup file.
1457
1458
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001459EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1460
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001461Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001462version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001463Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1464
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001465Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1466for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001467(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1468
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001469The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1470
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001471 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1472 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1473
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001474To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001475auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1476add the following line to your startup file: >
1477
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001478 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001479
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001480< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001481
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001482 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1483
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001484Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001485specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1486file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1487filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1488Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001489
1490
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001491ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001492
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001493Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001494the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001495
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001496The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1497put the following line in your vimrc: >
1498
1499 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1500
1501To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1502
1503 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001504
1505
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001506ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1507
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001508Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1509maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001510
1511The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1512
1513 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1514
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001515Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001516specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1517file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1518filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1519Elixir.
1520
1521
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001522FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1523
1524FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001525NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001526development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001527
1528Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1529syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1530editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1531start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1532'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1533(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1534and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1535
1536If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1537move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1538 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1539
1540
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001541FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001542
1543The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1544modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001545following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001546J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1547
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001548If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549redefine the following syntax groups:
1550
1551 - formConditional
1552 - formNumber
1553 - formStatement
1554 - formHeaderStatement
1555 - formComment
1556 - formPreProc
1557 - formDirective
1558 - formType
1559 - formString
1560
1561Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1562directives per default in the same syntax group.
1563
1564A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001565header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001566this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1567
1568 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1569
1570The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001571gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001572conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1573
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001574Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1575should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1576the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1577
1578If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1579example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1580 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1581
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001582
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001583FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1584
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001585Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1586be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1587edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1588 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001589 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1590
1591
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001592FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001593
1594Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001595Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard) by
1596default. This choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time
1597because Fortran 2023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018,
15982008, 2003, 95, 90, and 77). A small number of features new to Fortran 2018
1599and Fortran 2023 may have been omitted at present; the transition to Fortran
16002023 will be completed in the near future. A few legacy constructs deleted or
1601declared obsolescent in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as todo
1602items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001603
1604The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1605fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1606the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607
1608Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001609Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001610syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1611
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001612When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001613form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001615in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1616source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001617 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1618in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1619
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001620If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1621extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1622file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1623will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1624on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001626When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001628fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1629neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001630determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1631using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1632compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001633free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1634different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1635script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1636no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1637fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1638In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1639the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1640happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1641columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1642file.
1643
1644Vendor extensions ~
1645Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1646script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1647created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1648characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1649with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001650 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001651placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1652
1653If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1654set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1655 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1656placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1657
1658To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1659intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1660command such as >
1661 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1662placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001664Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001665Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001668using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001669variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1670 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001671placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1673
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001674Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001675Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1676fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001677 :let fortran_fold=1
1678to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1679is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001680subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1681units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1682constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1683fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001684 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001685then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001686select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1687be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001688
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001689The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1690comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1691non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1692or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001693items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001694
1695Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001696Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1697strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001698because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1699
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001700For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001701|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001702
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001703FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1704
1705FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1706dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1707for how to select the correct dialect.
1708
1709Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1710
1711Variable Highlight ~
1712*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1713*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1714*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1715*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1716
1717
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001719FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001720
1721In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1722the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1723appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1724patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1725number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1726
1727For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1728as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1729
1730 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1731 \ set filetype=fvwm
1732
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001733GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001734
1735The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1736the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1737is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1738are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1739
1740 htmlString
1741 htmlValue
1742 htmlEndTag
1743 htmlTag
1744 htmlTagN
1745
1746Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1747java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1748group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1749correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1750to the contains clause.
1751
1752The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1753group to make them easier to see.
1754
1755
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001756GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001757
1758The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001759under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1761filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1762(see |filetype.txt|).
1763
1764
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001765HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001766
1767The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001768Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001769syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1770
1771If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1772light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1773 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1774To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1775add: >
1776 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1777To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1778 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1779And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1780 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1781If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1782your .vimrc: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1784
1785The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1786directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001787directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1788operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001789as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1790 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1791
1792The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1793automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1794TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001795or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001796in your .vimrc >
1797 :let lhs_markup = none
1798for no highlighting at all, or >
1799 :let lhs_markup = tex
1800to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1801For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1802this variable, so e.g. >
1803 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001804will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001805set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1806loading a file.
1807
1808
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001809HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001810
1811The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1812
1813The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1814This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001815closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1816are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001817
1818Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1819names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1820makes it easy to spot errors
1821
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1824
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001825Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001826are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1827text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1828while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001829only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001830<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001831
1832If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1833following syntax groups:
1834
1835 - htmlBold
1836 - htmlBoldUnderline
1837 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1838 - htmlUnderline
1839 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1840 - htmlItalic
1841 - htmlTitle for titles
1842 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1843
1844To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1845of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1846following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1847are read during initialization) >
1848 :let html_my_rendering=1
1849
1850If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1851http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1852
1853You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1854vimrc file: >
1855 :let html_no_rendering=1
1856
1857HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1858details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1859However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001860ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1862
1863JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1864'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001865programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1866currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001867
1868Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1869
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001870There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1871written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001872following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1873(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001874>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001875 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1876 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1877
1878Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1879the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1880
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001881 *html-folding*
1882The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1883and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1884
1885 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1886 :set foldmethod=syntax
1887
1888Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1889especially for large files.
1890
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001891
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001892HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893
1894The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1895
1896Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1897doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1898this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1899different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1900 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1901
1902Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1903
1904Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1905signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1906a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1907 :set syntax=htmlos
1908
1909Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1910block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1911
1912
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001913IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001914
1915Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1916how to recognize this filetype.
1917
1918To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1919 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1920
1921
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001922INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001923
1924Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1925most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1926to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1927 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1928
1929By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1930and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1931you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1932need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1933 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1934
1935This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1936set of highlighted system functions.
1937
1938The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1939it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1940by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1941startup sequence: >
1942 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1943
1944By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1945version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1946Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1947startup sequence: >
1948 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1949
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001950IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1951
1952IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1953Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1954
1955IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1956rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001957repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001958
1959There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1960are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1961
1962The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1963
1964Variable Effect ~
1965
1966idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1967 extensions
1968idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1969idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1970 quite helpful)
1971idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1972
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001973
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001974JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001975
1976The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1977
1978In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1979flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001980classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1981old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001982 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1983
1984All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1985highlight them use: >
1986 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1987
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001988You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001989download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1990If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1991use the following: >
1992 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1993Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1994
1995Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001996how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001997functions:
1998
1999If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2000a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2001 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2002However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2003supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2004 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2005If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2006declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2007definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2008original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2009
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002010In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002011only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002012statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002013your startup file: >
2014 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2015The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002016characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017new highlightings for the following groups.:
2018 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2019which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002020strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002021have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002022
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2024creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2025similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2026and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2028 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2029 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2030 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2031 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002032 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2034To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2035 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2036
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002037If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2038can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2039scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2040actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2041CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002042 :let java_javascript=1
2043 :let java_css=1
2044 :let java_vb=1
2045
2046In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2047for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2048 :hi link javaParen Comment
2049or >
2050 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2051
2052If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2053when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2054to a larger number: >
2055 :let java_minlines = 50
2056This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2057displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2058number is that redrawing can become slow.
2059
2060
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002061JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2062
2063The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2064default. To disable concealment: >
2065 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2066
2067To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2068 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2069
2070
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002071LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002072
2073Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2074style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2075define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2076 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2077
2078
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002079LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002080
2081Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2082gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2083 :syn sync minlines=300
2084may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2085difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2086
2087
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002088LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2089
2090To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2091
2092 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2093<
2094
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002095LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2096
2097The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2098
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002099 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002100 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2101 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002102 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002103 of parenthesization will receive different
2104 highlighting.
2105<
2106The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2107the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2108colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2109specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002110usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002111highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2112
2113
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002114LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002115
2116There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2117
2118If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2119
2120 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2121
2122For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2123set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2124
2125 :let lite_minlines = 200
2126
2127
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002128LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002129
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002130LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002131file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2132users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2133should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2134
2135 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2136
2137If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002138modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002139
2140 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2141
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002142For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002143
2144 // vim:set ft=c:
2145
2146If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2147
2148There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002149used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002150and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002151assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2153
2154 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2155
2156For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2157
2158 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2159
2160For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2161
2162 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2163
2164For uLPC series of LPC:
2165uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2166instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2167
2168
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002169LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002170
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002171The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002172the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2173lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021745.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002175
2176 :let lua_version = 5
2177 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002178
2179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002180MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002183quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2185whitespaces and end with a newline.
2186
2187Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002188as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2190
2191By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002192displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002193with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2194
2195 :let mail_minlines = 30
2196
2197
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002198MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002199
2200In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2201errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2202feature off by using: >
2203
2204 :let make_no_commands = 1
2205
2206
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002207MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208
2209Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2210supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2211The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2212highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2213
2214 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2215
2216to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2217choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22181, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2219$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2220
2221 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2222 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2223 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2224 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2225 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2226 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2227 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2228 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2229 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2230
2231
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002232MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2233
2234If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2235slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2236the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2237
2238 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2239
2240
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002241MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002242
2243Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2244have the following in your .vimrc: >
2245
2246 let filetype_m = "mma"
2247
2248
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002249MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2250
2251Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2252dialect.
2253
2254The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2255
2256 taggedComment :=
2257 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2258 ;
2259
2260 dialectTag :=
2261 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2262 ;
2263
2264 reserved words
2265 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2266
2267A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2268lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2269additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2270
2271Example: >
2272
2273 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2274 ...
2275
2276Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2277dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2278defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2279
2280Example: >
2281
2282 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2283
2284
2285Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2286variables.
2287
2288Variable Highlight ~
2289*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2290*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2291*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2292
2293*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2294*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2295*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2296
2297*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2298
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002299MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002300
2301If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2302highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2303comments: >
2304
2305 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2306
2307To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2308
2309 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2310
2311To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2312'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2313
2314 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2315
2316Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2317
2318 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2319
2320To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2321
2322 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2323
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002324Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002325use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2326To enable this option: >
2327
2328 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2329
2330An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2331
2332 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2333
2334
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002335MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002336
2337There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2338
2339If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2340
2341 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2342
2343For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2344set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2345
2346 :let msql_minlines = 200
2347
2348
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002349N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2350
2351N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2352Couchbase Server databases.
2353
2354Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2355and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2356many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2357
2358
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002359NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002360
2361There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2362
2363If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2364errors, use this: >
2365
2366 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2367
2368If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2369
2370
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002371NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002372
2373The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2374activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2375can use them.
2376
2377For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002378processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002379features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2380|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002381
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002382 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002383
2384Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2385Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2386there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002387you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002388can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2389native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2390\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2391accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2392environments.
2393
2394In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2395follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2396
23971. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2398
23992. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2400 exclamation mark, etc.
2401
24023. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2403 carriage return.
2404
2405The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2406algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2407
2408Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2409furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2410vertical space input will be output as is.
2411
2412Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2413than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2414practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002415marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002416need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002417spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2418
2419 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2420
2421Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2422with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2423highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002424"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002425
2426 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2427 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2428 \ gui=reverse,bold
2429
2430If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2431with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2432file: >
2433
2434 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2435
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002436As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002437paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2438
2439Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2440groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2441
2442
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002443OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002444
2445The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2446.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2447
2448 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2449
2450you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2451by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2452
2453 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2454
2455prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2456contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2457
2458
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002459PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002460
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002461The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002462and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002463as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2464sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465you set the variable: >
2466
2467 :let papp_include_html=1
2468
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002469in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002470sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002471edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002472
2473The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2474http://papp.plan9.de.
2475
2476
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002477PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002479Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2480could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2481or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002482
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002483 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2484 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002485
2486The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2487provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002488Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002489enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2490following line to your startup file: >
2491
2492 :let pascal_traditional=1
2493
2494To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2495keywords, etc): >
2496
2497 :let pascal_delphi=1
2498
2499
2500The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2501*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2502operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2503
2504 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2505
2506Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2507
2508 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2509
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002510Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002511pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2512match Turbo Pascal. >
2513
2514 :let pascal_gpc=1
2515
2516or >
2517
2518 :let pascal_fpc=1
2519
2520To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2521pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2522
2523 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2524
2525If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2526will be highlighted as Error. >
2527
2528 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2529
2530
2531
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002532PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533
2534There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2535
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002536Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2537to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2538files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002539
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002540 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002542To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002543off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002544
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002545To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2546from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002547
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002548 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002549
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002550(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2551enabled it.)
2552
2553If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2554
2555 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2556
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002557(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002558
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002559The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2560be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2562
2563 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2564 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2565 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2566
2567(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2568
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002569The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002570synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2571If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002572then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2573figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002574
2575One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2576
2577 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2578 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2579
2580Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2581its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2582
2583 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2584
2585If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2586
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002587 :let perl_fold = 1
2588
2589If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2590
2591 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002592
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002593Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2594this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002595
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002596 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002597
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002598Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2599via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002600
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002601 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2602
2603Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2604behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2605
2606 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002608PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002609
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002610[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002611it has been renamed to "php"]
2612
2613There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2614
2615If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2616
2617 let php_sql_query = 1
2618
2619For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2620
2621 let php_baselib = 1
2622
2623Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2624
2625 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2626
2627Using the old colorstyle: >
2628
2629 let php_oldStyle = 1
2630
2631Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2632
2633 let php_asp_tags = 1
2634
2635Disable short tags: >
2636
2637 let php_noShortTags = 1
2638
2639For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2640
2641 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2642
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002643For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002644one: >
2645
2646 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2647
2648Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2649
2650 let php_folding = 1
2651
2652Selecting syncing method: >
2653
2654 let php_sync_method = x
2655
2656x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2657x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2658x = 0 to sync from start.
2659
2660
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002661PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2662
2663TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2664variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002665see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002666
2667This syntax file has the option >
2668
2669 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2670
2671if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2672
2673
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002674PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002675
2676PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2677
2678This syntax file has the options:
2679
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002680- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002681 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002682
2683 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002684 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002685
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002686 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002688 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689
2690 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2691
2692- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2693 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2694
2695
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002696PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697
2698There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2699
2700If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2701
2702 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2703
2704For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2705set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2706
2707 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2708
2709
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002710POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711
2712There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2713
2714First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2715currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2716and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2717Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2718extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2719level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2720highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2721
2722 :let postscr_level=2
2723
2724If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2725the most prevalent version currently.
2726
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002727Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002728particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2729PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2730
2731If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2732Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2733follows: >
2734
2735 :let postscr_display=1
2736
2737If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2738Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2739postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2740
2741 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2742
2743PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2744useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2745cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2746character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2747explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2748highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2749
2750 :let postscr_fonts=1
2751 :let postscr_encodings=1
2752
2753There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2754PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2755operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2756if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2757operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2758or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2759highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2760postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2761
2762 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2763<
2764
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002765 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2766PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767
2768This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2769
2770In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2771the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2772appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2773patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2774"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2775
2776For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2777files, add the following: >
2778
2779 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2780 \ set filetype=ptcap
2781
2782If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2783are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2784internal variable to a larger number: >
2785
2786 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2787
2788(The default is 20 lines.)
2789
2790
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002791PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002792
2793Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2794doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2795startup vimrc: >
2796 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2797The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2798Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2799 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2800 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2801
2802
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002803PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002804
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002805There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002806
2807For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002808 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809
2810For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002811 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002812
2813For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002814 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2815
2816For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2817 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2818or >
2819 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002820The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002821
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002822For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002823 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002824
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002825If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002826 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002827This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2828unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002829
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002830If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2831you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002832Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2833 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002834This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2835
2836Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2837 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2838
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002839
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002840QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002841
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002842The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2843based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2844between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2845definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2846to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2847be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002848
2849set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2850 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2851
2852set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2853 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2854
2855set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2856 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2857
2858Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2859commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2860
2861
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002862R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2863
2864The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2865can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2866 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2867
2868You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2869 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2870
2871enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2872braces: >
2873 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2874
2875and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2876 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2877
2878
2879R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2880
2881To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2882 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2883
2884To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2885 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2886
2887To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2888 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2889
2890By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00002891language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
2892highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
2893is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
2894behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
2895and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
2896 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
2897 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
2898 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
2899 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
2900 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
2901
2902If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
2903list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
2904the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002905 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2906
2907
2908R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2909
2910To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2911 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2912
2913
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002914READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002915
2916The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002917few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002918items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2919command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2920 let readline_has_bash = 1
2921
2922This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2923later, and part earlier) adds.
2924
2925
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002926REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2927
2928Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2929language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2930the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2931
2932
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002933RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2934
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002935Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2936select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2937syntax list.
2938
2939To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002940 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002941
2942To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2943`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2944 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002945 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2946 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002947 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002948 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002949
2950To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2951 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2952
2953To enable folding of sections: >
2954 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2955
2956Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2957
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002958
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002959REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002960
2961If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2962when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2963to a larger number: >
2964 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2965This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2966displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2967number is that redrawing can become slow.
2968
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002969Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2970comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2971your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2972>
2973 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2974
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002976RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002978 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2979 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2980 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2981 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2982 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2983
2984 *ruby_operators*
2985 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2986
2987Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2988
2989 :let ruby_operators = 1
2990<
2991 *ruby_space_errors*
2992 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2993
2994Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2995
2996 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2997<
2998This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2999as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3000"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3001spaces respectively.
3002
3003 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3004 Ruby: Folding ~
3005
3006Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3007
3008 :let ruby_fold = 1
3009<
3010This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3011buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3012filetypes.
3013
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003014Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3015"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3016
3017You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3018
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003019 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003020<
3021The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3022
3023 keyword meaning ~
3024 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3025 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3026 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003027 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003028 def "def" block
3029 class "class" block
3030 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003031 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003032 begin "begin" block
3033 case "case" block
3034 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003035 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3036 [ Array literal
3037 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3038 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003039 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003040 : Symbol
3041 # Multiline comment
3042 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003043 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3044
3045 *ruby_no_expensive*
3046 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003047
3048By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003049of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3051you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003052
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003054<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3056
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003057 *ruby_minlines*
3058
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003059If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3060scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3061the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003062
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003063 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003064<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003065Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3066largest class or module.
3067
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003068 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3069 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003070
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003071Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3072"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003073
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003074 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003075<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003076
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003077SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003078
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003079By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003080
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003081scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3082Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003083
3084
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003085SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003086
3087The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3088of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3089
3090The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3091case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003092used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003093highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3094 :let sdl_2000=1
3095
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003096This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003097keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3098 :let SDL_no_96=1
3099
3100
3101The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3102satisfied with it for my own projects.
3103
3104
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003105SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003106
3107To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003108highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003109
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003110 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3111<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3113inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3114by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3115also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3116you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3117
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003118GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3119comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3120comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3121
3122 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3123<
3124Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3125not (yet) affected by this setting.
3126
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003127Bugs:
3128
3129 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3130 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3131 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3132 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3133 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3134 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3135
3136
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003137SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003138
3139The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3140
3141The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3142This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3143closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3144defined for you)
3145
3146Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3147names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3148
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003149Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3151
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003152Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003153are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3154text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3155<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3156
3157If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3158following syntax groups:
3159
3160 - sgmlBold
3161 - sgmlBoldItalic
3162 - sgmlUnderline
3163 - sgmlItalic
3164 - sgmlLink for links
3165
3166To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3167following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3168are read during initialization) >
3169 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3170
3171You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3172vimrc file: >
3173 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3174
3175(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3176
3177
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003178 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003179SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003180
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003181This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3182shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003183
3184Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003185various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003186
3187 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3188 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3189<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003190See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3191cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3192/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3193that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3194shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3195symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003196
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003197One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003198variables in your <.vimrc>:
3199
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003200 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003201 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003202< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003203 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003205 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003206< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003207 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003209< (dash users should use posix)
3210
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003211If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3212default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003213the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3214statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003215sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003216
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003217The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3218
3219 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3220 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3221 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3222 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003223>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003224then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003225syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3226to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003228 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3229
3230If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3231when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003232to a larger number. Example: >
3233
3234 let sh_minlines = 500
3235
3236This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3237displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3238number is that redrawing can become slow.
3239
3240If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3241reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3242
3243 let sh_maxlines = 100
3244<
3245The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3246speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3247
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003248syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003249unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003250for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3251the following line in your .vimrc: >
3252
3253 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3254<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003255
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003256 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3257 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003258
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003259You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3260Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3261file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3262
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003263 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003264 " ==============
3265 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3266 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3267 unlet b:current_syntax
3268 endif
3269 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3270 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3271 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3272 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3273 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3274<
3275This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3276 awk '...awk code here...'
3277be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3278extended to other languages.
3279
3280
3281SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3282(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003283
3284The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3285
3286- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3287 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3288 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3289
3290- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3291 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003292 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003293 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3294 them in the syntax file.
3295
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003296- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297 highlighting of # style comments.
3298
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003299 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003300 number of #s.
3301
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003302 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003303 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003304
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003305 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003306 more than one #.
3307
3308Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003309PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003310fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3311the syntax file.
3312
3313
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003314SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3315 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003316 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003317
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003318While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3319custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3320SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003321
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003322Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3323scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3324supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3325buffer by buffer basis.
3326
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003327For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003328
3329
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003330SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3331
3332Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3333designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3334bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3335with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3336
3337
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003338TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003339
3340This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3341for how the filetype is detected.
3342
3343Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003344is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3345add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003346
3347 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3348
3349If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3350when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3351to a larger number: >
3352
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003353 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003354
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003355This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3356displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3357synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3358tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3359redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003360
3361
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003362TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003363 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003364
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003365 Tex Contents~
3366 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3367 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3368 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3369 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3370 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3371 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3372 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3373 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3374 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3375 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3376 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3377 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3378 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003379 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003380 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003381
3382 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003383 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003384
3385As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3386sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3387 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3388in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3389modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3390 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003391If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003392 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003393<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003394 *g:tex_nospell*
3395 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3396
3397If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3398 let g:tex_nospell=1
3399into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3400comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3401
3402 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003403 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003404
3405Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3406prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3407this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3408 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003409If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3410see |g:tex_nospell|.
3411
3412 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003413 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003414
3415Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3416one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3417want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3418 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003419<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003420 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003421 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003422
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003423The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3424highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3425texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3426terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3427as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3429 %stopzone
3430which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3431texMathZone.
3432
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003433 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003434 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003435
3436If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3437 :syn sync maxlines=200
3438 :syn sync minlines=50
3439(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003440increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003441if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3442
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003443Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3444|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3445
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003446 *g:tex_fast*
3447
3448Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3449
3450 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3451
3452in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3453highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3454synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3455price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3456folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3457
3458You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3459selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3460
3461 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3462 c : allow texComment syntax
3463 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3464 M : allow texMath syntax
3465 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3466 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3467 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3468 S : allow texStyle syntax
3469 v : allow verbatim syntax
3470 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3471<
3472As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3473but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003474(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003475
3476 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003477 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003478
3479LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3480of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3481package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3482it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3483techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003484by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3485which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3486http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003487
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003488I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3489
3490 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3491<
3492The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3493
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003494 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003495 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003496
3497The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3498although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3499errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3500you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003501 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003502and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003503
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003504 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003505 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003506
3507If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3508code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003509 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3510You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3511(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3512As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3513 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3514You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3515and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3516The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3517has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003518
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003519 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003520 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003521
3522One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3523commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3524following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3525such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3526
3527 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3528 :set ft=tex
3529
3530Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3531always accept such use of @.
3532
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003533 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003534 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003535
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003536If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3537number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3538including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3539superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3540superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3541In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3542
3543One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3544with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003545
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003546 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003547 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3548
3549You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003550<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3551for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003552
3553 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003554 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003555 d = delimiters
3556 m = math symbols
3557 g = Greek
3558 s = superscripts/subscripts
3559<
3560By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3561substitution will not be made.
3562
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003563 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3564 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3565
3566Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3567keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3568syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3569
3570 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3571 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3572 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003573 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003574 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3575 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3576 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003577 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003578
3579 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3580 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3581
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003582 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3583 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3584
3585 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3586
3587 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3588 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3589
3590 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3591 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3592 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3593 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3594
3595 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3596 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3597<
3598 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3599 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3600 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3601< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3602 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3603
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003604 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3605 Tex: Match Check Control~
3606
3607 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003608 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3609 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003610 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3611 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3612 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3613< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3614 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3615 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3616< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3617 regions, >
3618 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3619< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003620
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003621TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003623There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3624
3625For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3626set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3627
3628 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3629<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003630VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3631 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003632There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003633updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3634g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3635improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003636
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003637 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3638 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3639<
3640 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3641 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003642
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003643 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3644The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3645embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003646
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003647 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3648 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003649 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3650 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3651 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3652 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3653 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003654<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003655By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3656itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3657of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3658and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003659 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003660
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003661Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003663 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3664 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3665 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003666 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003667 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3668 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3669 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3670 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3671 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003672<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003673 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003674Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3675is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003676highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003677
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003678 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3679<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003680
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003681
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003682WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3683
3684The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3685with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3686bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3687https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3688
3689
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003690XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003691
3692The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3693variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3694You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3695xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3696your .vimrc. Example: >
3697 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3698When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3699
3700Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3701"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3702highlighted.
3703
3704
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003705XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003706
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003707Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003708setting a global variable: >
3709
3710 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3711<
3712 *xml-folding*
3713The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003714start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003715
3716 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3717 :set foldmethod=syntax
3718
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003719Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003720especially for large files.
3721
3722
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003723X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003724
3725xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3726XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3727you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3728
3729To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3730somewhere else with "P".
3731
3732Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3733 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003734 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003735 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003736 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3737 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003738 :endfunction
3739 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3740 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3741This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3742It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3743must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3744
3745It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3746 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3747
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003748
3749YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3750
3751 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003752A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3753non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3754plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3755and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3756integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003757will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3758
3759Schema Description ~
3760failsafe No additional highlighting.
3761json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3762core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003763pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3764 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3765 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003766 schema.
3767
3768Default schema is `core`.
3769
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003770Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3771only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003772difference defined in the syntax file.
3773
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003774
3775ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3776
3777The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3778
3779 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3780
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003781==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037826. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003783
3784Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3785
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037861. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003787 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3788 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3789 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3790 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3791 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3792 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003793
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037942. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3796
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037973. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003798 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3799 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3800 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3801
3802Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3803you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3804to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3805and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3806"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3807one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3808This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3809each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3810for a lot of groups.
3811
3812Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3813group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3814for the syntax group with the same name.
3815
3816In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3817defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3818using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3819match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3820keyword with ignoring case.
3821
3822
3823PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3824
3825When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3826
38271. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3828 defined last has priority.
38292. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
38303. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3831 start in later positions.
3832
3833
3834DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3835
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003836:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003837 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3838 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3839 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3840 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3841
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003842:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003843 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003844
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003845
3846DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3847
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003848:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3849:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003850 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3851 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3852
3853 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3854 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3855
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003856 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003857 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3858 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3859 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3860
3861:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003862 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3863 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003864
3865 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3866
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003867SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3868
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003869:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3870:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3871:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003872 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3873 in a syntax item:
3874
3875 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3876 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3877 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3878
3879 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3880 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3881 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3882
3883 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3884
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003885:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003886 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3887 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003888
3889
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003890SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3891
3892:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3893 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3894 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3895
3896 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3897 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003898 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003899
3900 Example: >
3901 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3902<
3903 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3904 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3905 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3906
3907 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3908
3909 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003910 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003911 match.
3912
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003913 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3914 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003915 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003916
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003917DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3918
3919:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3920
3921 This defines a number of keywords.
3922
3923 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3924 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3925 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3926
3927 Example: >
3928 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3929<
3930 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3931 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3932 These examples do exactly the same: >
3933 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3934 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3935 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003936< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003937 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3938 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3939 variations at once: >
3940 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3941<
3942 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3943 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3944 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3945 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3946 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003947 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003948
3949 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3950 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3951 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3952
3953 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3954 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3955 instead.
3956
3957 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3958
3959 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3960 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3961 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003962 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003963 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3964 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3965< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3966 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3967 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3968
3969
3970DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3971
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003972:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3973 [excludenl]
3974 [keepend]
3975 {pattern}
3976 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003977
3978 This defines one match.
3979
3980 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3981 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3982 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3983 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3984 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003985 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3986 match with the end pattern. See
3987 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003988 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3989 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3990 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3991 line, which makes the match depend on where
3992 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3993 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3994
3995 Example (match a character constant): >
3996 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3997<
3998
3999DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4000 *E398* *E399*
4001:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4002 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4003 [keepend]
4004 [extend]
4005 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004006 start={start-pattern} ..
4007 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4008 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004009 [{options}]
4010
4011 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4012
4013 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4014 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4015 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4016 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4017 for the text in between the matched start and
4018 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4019 a different group for the start or end match.
4020 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4021 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4022 match with the end pattern. See
4023 |:syn-keepend|.
4024 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004025 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004026 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4027 extend a containing match or item. Only
4028 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4029 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004030 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004032 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004033 the region where not to look for the end
4034 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004035 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004036 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4037
4038 Example: >
4039 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4040<
4041 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4042 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4043 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4044 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4045 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4046 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4047
4048 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4049 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4050 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4051 the end patterns.
4052
4053 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4054 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4055 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4056
4057 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4058 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4059 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4060 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4061
4062 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4063 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4064 work: >
4065 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4066 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4067< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4068 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4069 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4070 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4071 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4072< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4073 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4074
4075 *:syn-keepend*
4076 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4077 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4078 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4079 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4080 { starts outer "{}" region
4081 { starts contained "{}" region
4082 } ends contained "{}" region
4083 } ends outer "{} region
4084 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4085 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4086 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4087 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4088 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4089 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4090 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4091< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4092 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4093
4094 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4095 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4096 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4097 contained matches.
4098 *:syn-extend*
4099 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4100 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4101 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4102 extended.
4103 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4104 others don't. Example: >
4105
4106 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4107 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4108 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4109
4110< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4111 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4112 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4113
4114 Another example: >
4115 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4116< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4117 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4118 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4119 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4120 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4121
4122 *:syn-excludenl*
4123 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4124 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4125 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4126 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4127 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4128 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4129 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4130 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4131 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4132 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4133 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4134 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4135 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4136
4137 *:syn-matchgroup*
4138 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4139 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4140 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4141< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4142 between with the "String" group.
4143 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4144 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4145 using a matchgroup.
4146
4147 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4148 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4149 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4150 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4151 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4152
4153 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4154 different colors: >
4155 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4156 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4157 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4158 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4159 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4160 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004161<
4162 *E849*
4163The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004164
4165==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041667. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004167
4168The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4169The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4170and may be mixed with patterns.
4171
4172Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4173can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004174 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004175 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4176:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4177:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4178:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004179
4180These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004181 conceal
4182 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004183 contained
4184 containedin
4185 nextgroup
4186 transparent
4187 skipwhite
4188 skipnl
4189 skipempty
4190
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004191conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4192
4193When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004194Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004195'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4196concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4197edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004198Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004199
4200concealends *:syn-concealends*
4201
4202When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4203the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4204Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4205'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4206in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4207
4208cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004209 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004210The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4211when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4212argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004213character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4214a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004215 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004216See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004217
4218contained *:syn-contained*
4219
4220When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4221the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4222another match. Example: >
4223 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4224 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4225
4226
4227display *:syn-display*
4228
4229If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4230detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4231by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4232to be displayed.
4233
4234Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4235conditions:
4236- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4237 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4238 line.
4239- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4240 make it continue on the next line.
4241- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4242 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4243 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4244- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4245 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4246 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4247 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4248
4249Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4250- match with a number
4251- match with a label
4252
4253
4254transparent *:syn-transparent*
4255
4256If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4257itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4258is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4259only to skip over a part of the text.
4260
4261The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4262unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4263avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4264highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4265 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4266 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4267 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4268 :hi link myString String
4269 :hi link myWord Comment
4270Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4271match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4272argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4273it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4274out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004275"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004276happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4277position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4278
4279When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4280items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4281see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4282through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4283
4284 look from here
4285
4286 | | | | | |
4287 V V V V V V
4288
4289 xxxx yyy more contained items
4290 .................... contained item (transparent)
4291 ============================= first item
4292
4293The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4294transparent group.
4295
4296What you see is:
4297
4298 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4299
4300Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4301
4302
4303oneline *:syn-oneline*
4304
4305The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4306boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4307region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4308the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4309continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4310line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4311
4312When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4313pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4314end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4315means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4316be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4317line break.
4318
4319
4320fold *:syn-fold*
4321
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004322The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004323Example: >
4324 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4325 :syn sync fromstart
4326 :set foldmethod=syntax
4327This will make each {} block form one fold.
4328
4329The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4330ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4331The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004332See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4333from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004334{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4335
4336
4337 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004338contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004339
4340The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4341groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4342containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4343regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4344this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4345here.
4346
4347contains=ALL
4348 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4349 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4350
4351contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4352 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4353 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4354 are listed. Example: >
4355 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4356
4357contains=TOP
4358 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4359 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4360 argument.
4361contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4362 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4363
4364contains=CONTAINED
4365 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4366 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4367 argument.
4368contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4369 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4370 listed.
4371
4372
4373The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4374that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4375The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4376 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4377The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4378that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4379command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4380syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4381the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4382group names.
4383
4384The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4385region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4386|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4387region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4388area that is highlighted
4389
4390
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004391containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004392
4393The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4394item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4395containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4396
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004397The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004398
4399This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4400be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4401of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4402the C syntax: >
4403 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4404Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4405level.
4406
4407Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4408appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4409keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4410work.
4411
4412
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004413nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004414
4415The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4416separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4417
4418If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4419tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4420a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4421will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4422current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4423other groups. Example: >
4424 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4425 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4426 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4427
4428This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4429"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4430highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4431
4432 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4433 fff bbb fff bbb
4434
4435Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4436when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4437highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4438would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4439
4440
4441skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4442skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4443skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4444
4445These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4446used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004447 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004448 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4449 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4450
4451When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4452next group that matches the white space.
4453
4454When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4455line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4456line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4457the current item in the same line.
4458
4459When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4460groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4461for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4462space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4463
4464Example: >
4465 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4466 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4467 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4468Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4469match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4470precedence.
4471Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4472"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4473example).
4474
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004475IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4476
4477:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4478 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4479 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4480 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4481 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4482 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4483 given explicitly.
4484
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004485:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004486 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004487
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004488==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044898. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004490
4491In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4492characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4493use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4494use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4495 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4496 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4497
4498See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004499always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004500value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4501not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4502independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4503
4504Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4505This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4506
4507 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4508The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4509change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4510match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4511are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4512pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4513
4514The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4515The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4516
4517ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4518me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4519hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4520he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4521rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4522re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4523lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4524
4525The {offset} can be:
4526
4527s start of the matched pattern
4528s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4529s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4530e end of the matched pattern
4531e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4532e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004533{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004534
4535Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4536
4537Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4538meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4539
4540 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4541match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4542region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4543region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4544region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4545
4546Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4547 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4548<
4549 some "string" text
4550 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4551
4552Notes:
4553- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4554 offset(s).
4555- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4556- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4557 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004558- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004559 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004560 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004561- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4562 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4563 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4564
4565Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4566 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4567<
4568 /* this is a comment */
4569 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4570
4571A more complicated Example: >
4572 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4573<
4574 abcfoostringbarabc
4575 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004576 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004577
4578Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4579
4580Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4581with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004582in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004583
4584The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4585be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4586cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4587characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4588used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4589specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4590
4591 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4592 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4593 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4594<
4595 ___zzzz ___wwww
4596 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4597 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4598 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4599
4600The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4601unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4602
4603
4604Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4605
4606The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4607expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4608
4609When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4610allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004611following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4612the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004613
4614The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4615continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4616matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4617halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4618previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4619is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4620 x x a
4621 b x x
4622Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4623after the "\n".
4624
4625
4626External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4627
4628These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4629
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004630 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004631 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4632 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4633 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634
4635 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4636 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4637 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4638 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4639
4640Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4641sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4642shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4643items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4644referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4645example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4646 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4647
4648As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4649it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004650changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004651first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4652also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004653 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004654
4655Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4656indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4657to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4658Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4659within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4660sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4661the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4662
4663Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4664cannot be referred to.
4665
4666==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046679. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004668
4669:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4670 [add={group-name}..]
4671 [remove={group-name}..]
4672
4673This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4674single name.
4675
4676 contains={group-name}..
4677 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4678 add={group-name}..
4679 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4680 remove={group-name}..
4681 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4682
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004683A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4684nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4685this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004686
4687Example: >
4688 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4689 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4690
4691As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4692retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4693to speak: >
4694 :syntax keyword A aaa
4695 :syntax keyword B bbb
4696 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4697 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4698 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4699
4700This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4701 :syntax keyword A aaa
4702 :syntax keyword B bbb
4703 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4704 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4705 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4706 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4707 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004708<
4709 *E848*
4710The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004711
4712==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100471310. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004714
4715It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4716a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4717two different ways:
4718
4719 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4720 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4721 the |:runtime| command: >
4722
4723 " In cpp.vim:
4724 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4725 :unlet b:current_syntax
4726
4727< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4728 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4729 ":syntax include" command:
4730
4731:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4732
4733 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4734 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4735 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4736 that list. >
4737
4738 " In perl.vim:
4739 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4740 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4741<
4742 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4743 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4744 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4745 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4746 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004747 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4748 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004749
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004750 *E847*
4751The maximum number of includes is 999.
4752
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004753==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100475411. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004755
4756Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4757make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4758redrawing starts.
4759
4760:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4761
4762There are four ways to synchronize:
47631. Always parse from the start of the file.
4764 |:syn-sync-first|
47652. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4766 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4767 |:syn-sync-second|
47683. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4769 |:syn-sync-third|
47704. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4771 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4772
4773 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4774For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4775limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4776
4777If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4778that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4779lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4780
4781If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4782for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4783adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4784slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004785 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004786<
4787 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4788When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4789cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4790start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4791the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4792break use this: >
4793 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4794The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4795change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4796value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4797
4798
4799First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4800>
4801 :syntax sync fromstart
4802
4803The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4804accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4805so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004806when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004807case: to the end of the file).
4808
4809Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4810
4811
4812Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4813
4814For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4815Example: >
4816 :syntax sync ccomment
4817
4818When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4819comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4820used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4821An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4822 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4823This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4824used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4825region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4826
4827The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4828lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4829lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4830lines, but it hard to sync on).
4831
4832Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4833that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4834is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4835chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4836is hardly ever noticed.
4837
4838
4839Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4840
4841For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4842Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4843means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4844Example: >
4845 :syntax sync minlines=50
4846
4847"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4848
4849
4850Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4851
4852The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4853sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4854region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4855starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4856the search continues backwards in the file.
4857
4858This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4859matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4860- Keywords cannot be used.
4861- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4862 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4863- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4864 forwards.
4865- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4866 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4867 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004868 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004869- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4870 group of continued lines).
4871- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4872 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4873 line (or group of continued lines).
4874- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4875 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4876 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4877 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4878
4879There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48801. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4881 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4882 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4883 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48842. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4885 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4886 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4887 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4888Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4889
4890Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4891avoid finding unwanted matches.
4892
4893[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4894search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4895highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4896faster.]
4897
4898 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4899 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4900
4901 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4902 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4903 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4904 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4905 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4906
4907 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4908 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4909
4910 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4911 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4912 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4913 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4914 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4915 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4916 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4917 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4918 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4919 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4920
4921 :syntax sync match ..
4922 :syntax sync region ..
4923
4924 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4925 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4926
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004927 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004928 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4929
4930 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4931 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4932 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4933
4934If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4935searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4936few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4937 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4938
4939You can clear all sync settings with: >
4940 :syntax sync clear
4941
4942You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4943 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4944
4945==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100494612. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004947
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004948This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004949
4950 :sy[ntax] [list]
4951
4952To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4953
4954 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4955
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004956To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004957
4958 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4959
4960See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4961
4962Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4963is mostly used, because it looks better.
4964
4965==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100496613. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004967
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004968In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004969and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4970of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004971
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004972 colorscheme pablo
4973<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004974 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004975:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4976 This is basically the same as >
4977 :echo g:colors_name
4978< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4979 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4980 feature it will output "unknown".
4981
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004982:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004983 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004984 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004985 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4986 "start" and then under "opt".
4987
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004988 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004989 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004990
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004991You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4992appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4993the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4994darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004995
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004996 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4997 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004998<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004999For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5000use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5001the original color scheme: >
5002 runtime colors/evening.vim
5003 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005004
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005005Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5006(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5007autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5008|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5009
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005010 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005011If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5012using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5013color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5014 augroup my_colorschemes
5015 au!
5016 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5017 augroup END
5018
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005019Change a couple more colors: >
5020 augroup my_colorschemes
5021 au!
5022 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005023 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005024 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5025 augroup END
5026
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005027If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5028colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5029 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5030 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5031
5032With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5033different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5034group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5035you can find them here:
5036https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5037
5038For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5039 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5040
5041
5042==============================================================================
504314. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5044
5045There are three types of highlight groups:
5046- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5047 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5048 linked to a group of the second type.
5049- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5050- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5051 *hitest.vim*
5052You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5053 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5054This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5055in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005056
5057:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5058 attributes set.
5059
5060:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5061 List one highlight group.
5062
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005063 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005064:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005065 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005066 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5067 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005068 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005069
5070:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5071:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5072 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5073 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5074
5075:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5076 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005077 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005078 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005079 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005080 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5081 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5082 argument.
5083
5084Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5085default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5086highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5087values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5088the default value.
5089
5090A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5091a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5092
5093 :hi Comment gui=bold
5094
5095Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5096specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5097result is like this single command has been used: >
5098 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5099<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005100 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005101When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5102also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5103 :verbose hi Comment
5104< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005105 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005106
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005107When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5108mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005109
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005110 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5111There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5112term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005113cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005114 termcap entry)
5115gui the GUI
5116
5117For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5118the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5119
51201. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5121
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005122 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005123 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5124 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5125 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005126term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005127 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005128 following items (in any order):
5129 bold
5130 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005131 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005132 underdouble not always available
5133 underdotted not always available
5134 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005135 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005136 reverse
5137 inverse same as reverse
5138 italic
5139 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005140 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005141 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5142
5143 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5144 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005145 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005146 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005147 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005148 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5149 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5150 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5151 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5152 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5153
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005154< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5155 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5156 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5157 have to specify the codes like this: >
5158 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5159 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5160 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5161< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5162 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5163 fallback.
5164
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005165
5166start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5167stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5168 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5169 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5170
5171 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5172 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5173 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5174 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5175 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5176 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5177 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5178
5179 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5180
5181 1. A string with escape sequences.
5182 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5183 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5184 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5185 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5186
5187 2. A list of terminal codes.
5188 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5189 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5190 White space is not allowed. Example:
5191 start=t_C1,t_BL
5192 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5193
5194
51952. highlight arguments for color terminals
5196
5197cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5198 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5199 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5200 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5201 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005202 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5203 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5204 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005205
5206ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5207ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005208ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5209 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5210 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005212 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5213 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5214 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5215 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5216 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5217 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5218
5219 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5220 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5221 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5222 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5223 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005224 *tmux*
5225 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5226 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005227 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5228 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005229< More info at:
5230 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5231 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005232
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005233 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5234 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5235 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005236 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5237 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5238
5239 *cterm-colors*
5240 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5241 0 0 Black
5242 1 4 DarkBlue
5243 2 2 DarkGreen
5244 3 6 DarkCyan
5245 4 1 DarkRed
5246 5 5 DarkMagenta
5247 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5248 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5249 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5250 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5251 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5252 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5253 12 1* Red, LightRed
5254 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5255 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5256 15 7* White
5257
5258 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5259 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5260 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5261 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5262 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5263 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5264 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5265 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5266 a number instead of a color name.
5267
5268 The case of the color names is ignored.
5269 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005270 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5271 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005272
5273 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5274 colors!
5275
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005276 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005278 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5279 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5280 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5281 Example: >
5282 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5283< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005284 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5285 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5286 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5287 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5288 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005289 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005290 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005291 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005292
5293 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5294 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5295 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5296 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005297 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5298 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5299 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5300 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5301 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005302 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5303< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005304 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5306
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005307ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5308 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5309 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5310 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5311 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5312 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5313 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5314 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005315
53163. highlight arguments for the GUI
5317
5318gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5319 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5320 See |attr-list| for a description.
5321 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5322 have the same effect.
5323 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5324
5325font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5326 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5327 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5328 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5329<
5330 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5331 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5332 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5333 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005334 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005335 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5336 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5337 changed.
5338 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5339 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5340 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005341 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5342 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5343 Example: >
5344 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005345
5346guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5347guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005348guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5349 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005350 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5351 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005352 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005353 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005354 bg use normal background color
5355 background use normal background color
5356 fg use normal foreground color
5357 foreground use normal foreground color
5358 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5359 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5360 Example: >
5361 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5362<
5363 *gui-colors*
5364 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5365 Red LightRed DarkRed
5366 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5367 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5368 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5369 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5370 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5371 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5372 Black White
5373 Orange Purple Violet
5374
5375 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5376 |win32-colors|.
5377
5378 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5379 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5380 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005381 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005382 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005383 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005384 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005385<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005386 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005387 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5388 example: >
5389
5390 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5391 # override it.
5392 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5393 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5394<
5395 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5396 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5397 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5398 scheme: >
5399
5400 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5401 colorscheme alt
5402<
5403 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5404 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5405 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5406 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5407 by a color scheme using: >
5408
5409 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5410 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5411<
5412
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005413 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5414These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5415'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5416of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5417command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005418When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5419unreadable use Visual selection.
5420
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005421 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005422ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005423 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005424Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5425 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005426 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005427Cursor Character under the cursor.
5428lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5429 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005430 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005431CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005432 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005433CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005434 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005436 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005437Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005438 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005439DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005440 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005441DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005442 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005443DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005444 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005445DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005446 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005447EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005448 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005450ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005452VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005454Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 *hl-FoldColumn*
5456FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5457 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005458SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005459 *hl-IncSearch*
5460IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005461 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005462 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005463LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005464 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005465 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5466LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5467 option is set, above the cursor line.
5468 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5469LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5470 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005471 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005472CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5473 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005474 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5475CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005476 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5477CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005478 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005479MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005480 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005481 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005482MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5483 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005484 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005485ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005486 *hl-MoreMsg*
5487MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5488 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005489NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5490 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5491 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5492 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5493 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005494 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005495Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005496 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005497Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005498 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005499PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005500 *hl-PmenuKind*
5501PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5502 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5503PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5504 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5505PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5506 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5507PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005508 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005509PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005510 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5511PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005512 *hl-PopupNotification*
5513PopupNotification
5514 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5515 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005516 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005517Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005518 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5519QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005520 *hl-Search*
5521Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005522 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005523 *hl-CurSearch*
5524CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005525 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5526 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 *hl-SpecialKey*
5528SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5529 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005530 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005532 *hl-SpellBad*
5533SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5534 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005535 *hl-SpellCap*
5536SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5537 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005538 *hl-SpellLocal*
5539SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5540 used in another region. |spell|
5541 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5542 *hl-SpellRare*
5543SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5544 hardly ever used. |spell|
5545 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005546 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005547StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005548 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5549StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005550 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005551 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005552 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005553StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005554 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005555StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5556 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005557 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005558TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005559 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005560TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005561 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005562TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005563 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005564Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005565 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005566Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005567 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005568Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005569 *hl-VisualNOS*
5570VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5571 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5572 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005573WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005574 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005575WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005576
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005577 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005578The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005579statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005580
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005581For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5583Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5584and guifg.
5585
5586 *hl-Menu*
5587Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5588 Also used for the toolbar.
5589 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5590
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005591 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005592 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5593 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5594 set.
5595
5596 *hl-Scrollbar*
5597Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5598 scrollbars.
5599 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5600
5601 *hl-Tooltip*
5602Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5603 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5604
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005605 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005606 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5607 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5608 set.
5609
5610==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100561115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005612
5613When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5614can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5615group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5616
5617To set a link:
5618
5619 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5620
5621To remove a link:
5622
5623 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5624
5625Notes: *E414*
5626- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5627 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5628- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5629 removed.
5630- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5631 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5632 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5633 links for groups that already have settings.
5634
5635 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5636The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5637group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5638will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5639
5640Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5641specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5642 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5643If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5644 :highlight link cComment Question
5645Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5646overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5647
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005648To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5649highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5650another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5651"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5652 highlight! default link cComment Question
5653
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656
5657If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5658command: >
5659 :syntax clear
5660
5661This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5662or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5663in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5664load the syntax file.
5665The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5666loaded after this command.
5667
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005668To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5669 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5670This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5671
5672To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5673 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5674This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5675
5676 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005677If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5678the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5679 :syntax off
5680
5681What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5682 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5683See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5684$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5685
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005686 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5687If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5688defaults back: >
5689
5690 :syntax reset
5691
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005692It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5693affects the highlighting.
5694
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5696
5697Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5698back to their Vim default.
5699Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5700scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5701
5702What this actually does is: >
5703
5704 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5705 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5706
5707Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5708
5709 *syncolor*
5710If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5711script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5712'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5713the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5714reset" command.
5715
5716For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5717
5718 if &background == "light"
5719 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5720 else
5721 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5722 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005723<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005724 *E679*
5725Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5726'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5727endless loop.
5728
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005729Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5730your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5731depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5732
5733 *syntax_cmd*
5734The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5735syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005736 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005737 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005738 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5739 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5740 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 the colors.
5742 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5743 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5744 them.
5745
5746==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100574717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005748
5749If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5750mappings.
5751
5752 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5753 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5754>
5755 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5756 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5757
5758WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5759memory Vim will consume.
5760
5761Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005762must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5763at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005764
5765Put these lines in your Makefile:
5766
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005767# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005768types: types.vim
5769types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005770 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005771 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5772 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5773
5774And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5775
5776 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005777 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005778 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005779 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005780 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5781
5782==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100578318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005784
5785Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5786possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5787private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5788with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5789highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5790italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5791
5792To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5793windows on the buffer: >
5794 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005795< *w:current_syntax*
5796This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5797"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5798restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5799"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5800"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005801Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005802
5803Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005804on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005805syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005806same buffer.
5807
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005808A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5809is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5810When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005811
5812==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100581319. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005814
5815Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5816default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5817 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5818 : if has("terminfo")
5819 : set t_Co=8
5820 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5821 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5822 : else
5823 : set t_Co=8
5824 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5825 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5826 : endif
5827 :endif
5828< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5829
5830You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5831e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5832
5833Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5834be wrong.
5835 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5836The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5837But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5838 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5839 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5840<
5841 *colortest.vim*
5842To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005843To use it, execute this command: >
5844 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005845
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005846Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005847output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5848at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5849colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5850
5851 *xfree-xterm*
5852To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005853included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005854at: >
5855 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5856Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5857termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5858supports. >
5859 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5860If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5861(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5862
5863This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5864 :if has("terminfo")
5865 : set t_Co=16
5866 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5867 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5868 :else
5869 : set t_Co=16
5870 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5871 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5872 :endif
5873< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5874
5875Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5876translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5877Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5878
5879For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5880
5881 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5882 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5883
5884Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5885and try if that works.
5886
5887You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5888 XTerm*color0: #000000
5889 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5890 XTerm*color2: #008000
5891 XTerm*color3: #808000
5892 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5893 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5894 XTerm*color6: #008080
5895 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5896 XTerm*color8: #808080
5897 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5898 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5899 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5900 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5901 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5902 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5903 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5904 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5905
5906[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5907cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005908newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005909
5910To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5911Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5912 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5913<
5914 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5915To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5916Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5917these resources:
5918 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5919 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5920 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5921 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5922
5923 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005924These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005925foreground colors: >
5926 :if has("terminfo")
5927 : set t_Co=8
5928 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5929 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5930 :else
5931 : set t_Co=8
5932 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5933 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5934 :endif
5935< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5936
5937 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5938These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5939emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5940bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5941 :set t_Co=16
5942 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5943 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5944<
5945 *TTpro-telnet*
5946These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5947open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5948 set t_Co=16
5949 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5950 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5951Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5952that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5953(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5954
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005955
5956==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100595720. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005958
5959This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5960
5961If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5962faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5963as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5964
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005965Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005966You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5967
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005968To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5969sequence: >
5970 :syntime on
5971 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5972 :syntime report
5973
5974This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5975it took to match them against the text.
5976
5977:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5978 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5979 matching.
5980
5981:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5982
5983:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5984
5985:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5986 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5987 the output.
5988
5989 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5990 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5991 matching this pattern.
5992 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5993 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5994 matched
5995 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5996 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5997 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5998 this is not unique.
5999 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6000
6001Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6002include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6003pattern does NOT match.
6004
6005When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6006all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6007literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6008
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006009"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006010 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006011"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006012
6013
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006014 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: